1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 99 * 100 */ 101 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 103 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 104 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 114 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 116 }; 117 118 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 119 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 120 121 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 123 124 /** 125 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 126 * 127 * This structure describes a single channel for use 128 * with cfg80211. 129 * 130 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 131 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 132 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 133 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 134 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 135 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 136 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 137 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 138 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 139 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 140 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 141 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 142 * @orig_mag: internal use 143 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 144 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 145 * on this channel. 146 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 147 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 148 */ 149 struct ieee80211_channel { 150 enum nl80211_band band; 151 u32 center_freq; 152 u16 hw_value; 153 u32 flags; 154 int max_antenna_gain; 155 int max_power; 156 int max_reg_power; 157 bool beacon_found; 158 u32 orig_flags; 159 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 160 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 161 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 162 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 163 }; 164 165 /** 166 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 167 * 168 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 169 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 170 * different bands/PHY modes. 171 * 172 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 173 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 174 * with CCK rates. 175 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 176 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 177 * core code when registering the wiphy. 178 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 179 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 180 * core code when registering the wiphy. 181 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 182 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 183 * core code when registering the wiphy. 184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 187 */ 188 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 189 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 190 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 194 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 195 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 196 }; 197 198 /** 199 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 200 * 201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 206 */ 207 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 208 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 213 }; 214 215 /** 216 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 217 * 218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 219 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 221 */ 222 enum ieee80211_privacy { 223 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 224 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 226 }; 227 228 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 229 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 230 231 /** 232 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 233 * 234 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 235 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 236 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 237 * passed around. 238 * 239 * @flags: rate-specific flags 240 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 241 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 242 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 243 * short preamble is used 244 */ 245 struct ieee80211_rate { 246 u32 flags; 247 u16 bitrate; 248 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 249 }; 250 251 /** 252 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 253 * 254 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 255 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 256 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 257 */ 258 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 259 bool enable; 260 u8 min_offset; 261 u8 max_offset; 262 }; 263 264 /** 265 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 266 * 267 * @color: the current color. 268 * @disabled: is the feature disabled. 269 * @partial: define the AID equation. 270 */ 271 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 272 u8 color; 273 bool disabled; 274 bool partial; 275 }; 276 277 /** 278 * struct ieee80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 279 * 280 * @color: the current color. 281 * @disabled: is the feature disabled. 282 * @partial: define the AID equation. 283 */ 284 struct ieee80211_he_bss_color { 285 u8 color; 286 bool disabled; 287 bool partial; 288 }; 289 290 /** 291 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 292 * 293 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 294 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 295 * 296 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 297 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 298 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 299 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 300 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 301 */ 302 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 303 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 304 bool ht_supported; 305 u8 ampdu_factor; 306 u8 ampdu_density; 307 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 308 }; 309 310 /** 311 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 312 * 313 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 314 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 315 * 316 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 317 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 318 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 319 */ 320 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 321 bool vht_supported; 322 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 323 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 324 }; 325 326 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 327 328 /** 329 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 330 * 331 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 332 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 333 * 334 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 335 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 336 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 337 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 338 */ 339 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 340 bool has_he; 341 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 342 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 343 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 344 }; 345 346 /** 347 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 348 * 349 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 350 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 351 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 352 * 353 * @types_mask: interface types mask 354 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 355 */ 356 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 357 u16 types_mask; 358 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 359 }; 360 361 /** 362 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 363 * 364 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 365 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 366 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 367 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 368 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 369 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 370 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 371 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 372 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 373 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 374 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 375 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 376 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 377 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 378 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 379 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 380 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 381 */ 382 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 383 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 384 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 385 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 386 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 387 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 388 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 389 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 390 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 391 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 392 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 393 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 394 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 395 }; 396 397 /** 398 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 399 * 400 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 401 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 402 * 403 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 404 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 405 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 406 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 407 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 408 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 409 */ 410 struct ieee80211_edmg { 411 u8 channels; 412 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 413 }; 414 415 /** 416 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 417 * 418 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 419 * is able to operate in. 420 * 421 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 422 * in this band. 423 * @band: the band this structure represents 424 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 425 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 426 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 427 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 428 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 429 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 430 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 431 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 432 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 433 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 434 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 435 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 436 * iftype_data). 437 */ 438 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 439 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 440 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 441 enum nl80211_band band; 442 int n_channels; 443 int n_bitrates; 444 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 445 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 446 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 447 u16 n_iftype_data; 448 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 449 }; 450 451 /** 452 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 453 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 454 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 455 * 456 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 457 */ 458 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 459 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 460 u8 iftype) 461 { 462 int i; 463 464 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 465 return NULL; 466 467 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 468 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 469 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 470 471 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 472 return data; 473 } 474 475 return NULL; 476 } 477 478 /** 479 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 480 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 481 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 482 * 483 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 484 */ 485 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 486 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 487 u8 iftype) 488 { 489 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 490 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 491 492 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 493 return &data->he_cap; 494 495 return NULL; 496 } 497 498 /** 499 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 500 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 501 * 502 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 503 */ 504 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 505 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 506 { 507 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 508 } 509 510 /** 511 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 512 * 513 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 514 * 515 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 516 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 517 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 518 * 519 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 520 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 521 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 522 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 523 * without affecting other devices. 524 * 525 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 526 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 527 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 528 */ 529 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 530 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 531 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 532 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 533 { 534 } 535 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 536 537 538 /* 539 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 540 */ 541 542 /** 543 * DOC: Actions and configuration 544 * 545 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 546 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 547 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 548 * operations use are described separately. 549 * 550 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 551 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 552 * 553 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 554 * in a separate chapter. 555 */ 556 557 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 558 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 559 560 /** 561 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 562 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 563 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 564 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 565 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 566 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 567 * determine the address as needed. 568 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 569 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 570 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 571 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 572 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 573 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 574 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 575 */ 576 struct vif_params { 577 u32 flags; 578 int use_4addr; 579 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 580 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 581 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 582 }; 583 584 /** 585 * struct key_params - key information 586 * 587 * Information about a key 588 * 589 * @key: key material 590 * @key_len: length of key material 591 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 592 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 593 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 594 * length given by @seq_len. 595 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 596 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 597 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 598 */ 599 struct key_params { 600 const u8 *key; 601 const u8 *seq; 602 int key_len; 603 int seq_len; 604 u16 vlan_id; 605 u32 cipher; 606 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 607 }; 608 609 /** 610 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 611 * @chan: the (control) channel 612 * @width: channel width 613 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 614 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 615 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 616 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 617 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 618 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 619 * parameters are ignored. 620 */ 621 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 622 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 623 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 624 u32 center_freq1; 625 u32 center_freq2; 626 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 627 }; 628 629 /** 630 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 631 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 632 * of the peer. 633 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 634 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 635 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 636 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 637 * @retry_long: retry count value 638 * @retry_short: retry count value 639 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable aggregation 640 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 641 */ 642 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 643 bool config_override; 644 u8 tids; 645 u32 mask; 646 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 647 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 648 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 649 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 650 }; 651 652 /** 653 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 654 * @peer: Station's MAC address 655 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 656 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 657 */ 658 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 659 const u8 *peer; 660 u32 n_tid_conf; 661 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 662 }; 663 664 /** 665 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 666 * @chandef: the channel definition 667 * 668 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 669 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 670 */ 671 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 672 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 673 { 674 switch (chandef->width) { 675 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 676 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 677 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 678 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 679 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 680 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 681 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 682 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 683 default: 684 WARN_ON(1); 685 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 686 } 687 } 688 689 /** 690 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 691 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 692 * @channel: the control channel 693 * @chantype: the channel type 694 * 695 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 696 */ 697 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 698 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 699 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 700 701 /** 702 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 703 * @chandef1: first channel definition 704 * @chandef2: second channel definition 705 * 706 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 707 * identical, %false otherwise. 708 */ 709 static inline bool 710 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 711 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 712 { 713 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 714 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 715 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 716 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 717 } 718 719 /** 720 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 721 * 722 * @chandef: the channel definition 723 * 724 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 725 */ 726 static inline bool 727 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 728 { 729 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 730 } 731 732 /** 733 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 734 * @chandef1: first channel definition 735 * @chandef2: second channel definition 736 * 737 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 738 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 739 */ 740 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 741 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 742 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 743 744 /** 745 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 746 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 747 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 748 */ 749 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 750 751 /** 752 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 753 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 754 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 755 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 756 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 757 */ 758 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 759 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 760 u32 prohibited_flags); 761 762 /** 763 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 764 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 765 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 766 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 767 * Returns: 768 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 769 */ 770 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 771 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 772 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 773 774 /** 775 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 776 * 777 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 778 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 779 * 780 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 781 * 782 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 783 */ 784 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 785 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 786 { 787 switch (chandef->width) { 788 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 789 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 790 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 791 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 792 default: 793 break; 794 } 795 return 0; 796 } 797 798 /** 799 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 800 * 801 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 802 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 803 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 804 * 805 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 806 * 807 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 808 */ 809 static inline int 810 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 811 { 812 switch (chandef->width) { 813 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 814 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 815 chandef->chan->max_power); 816 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 817 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 818 chandef->chan->max_power); 819 default: 820 break; 821 } 822 return chandef->chan->max_power; 823 } 824 825 /** 826 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 827 * 828 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 829 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 830 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 831 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 832 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 833 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 834 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 835 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 836 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 837 * 838 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 839 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 840 */ 841 enum survey_info_flags { 842 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 843 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 844 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 845 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 846 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 847 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 848 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 849 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 850 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 851 }; 852 853 /** 854 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 855 * 856 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 857 * record to report global statistics 858 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 859 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 860 * optional 861 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 862 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 863 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 864 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 865 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 866 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 867 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 868 * 869 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 870 * 871 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 872 * channel duty cycle etc. 873 */ 874 struct survey_info { 875 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 876 u64 time; 877 u64 time_busy; 878 u64 time_ext_busy; 879 u64 time_rx; 880 u64 time_tx; 881 u64 time_scan; 882 u64 time_bss_rx; 883 u32 filled; 884 s8 noise; 885 }; 886 887 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 888 889 /** 890 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 891 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 892 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 893 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 894 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 895 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 896 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 897 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 898 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 899 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 900 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 901 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 902 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 903 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 904 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 905 * protocol frames. 906 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 907 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 908 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 909 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 910 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 911 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 912 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 913 * offload) 914 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 915 */ 916 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 917 u32 wpa_versions; 918 u32 cipher_group; 919 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 920 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 921 int n_akm_suites; 922 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 923 bool control_port; 924 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 925 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 926 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 927 bool control_port_no_preauth; 928 struct key_params *wep_keys; 929 int wep_tx_key; 930 const u8 *psk; 931 const u8 *sae_pwd; 932 u8 sae_pwd_len; 933 }; 934 935 /** 936 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 937 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 938 * or %NULL if not changed 939 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 940 * or %NULL if not changed 941 * @head_len: length of @head 942 * @tail_len: length of @tail 943 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 944 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 945 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 946 * frames or %NULL 947 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 948 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 949 * Response frames or %NULL 950 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 951 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 952 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 953 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 954 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 955 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 956 * (measurement type 8) 957 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 958 * Token (measurement type 11) 959 * @lci_len: LCI data length 960 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 961 */ 962 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 963 const u8 *head, *tail; 964 const u8 *beacon_ies; 965 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 966 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 967 const u8 *probe_resp; 968 const u8 *lci; 969 const u8 *civicloc; 970 s8 ftm_responder; 971 972 size_t head_len, tail_len; 973 size_t beacon_ies_len; 974 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 975 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 976 size_t probe_resp_len; 977 size_t lci_len; 978 size_t civicloc_len; 979 }; 980 981 struct mac_address { 982 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 983 }; 984 985 /** 986 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 987 * 988 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 989 * entry specified by mac_addr 990 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 991 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 992 */ 993 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 994 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 995 int n_acl_entries; 996 997 /* Keep it last */ 998 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 999 }; 1000 1001 /* 1002 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 1003 */ 1004 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 1005 struct { 1006 u32 legacy; 1007 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 1008 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 1009 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 1010 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1011 }; 1012 1013 /** 1014 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 1015 * 1016 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 1017 * 1018 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 1019 */ 1020 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 1021 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 1022 }; 1023 1024 /** 1025 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1026 * 1027 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1028 * 1029 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1030 * @beacon: beacon data 1031 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1032 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1033 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1034 * user space) 1035 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1036 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1037 * @crypto: crypto settings 1038 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1039 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1040 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1041 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1042 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1043 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1044 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1045 * MAC address based access control 1046 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1047 * networks. 1048 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1049 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1050 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1051 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1052 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1053 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1054 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1055 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1056 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1057 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1058 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1059 */ 1060 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1061 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1062 1063 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1064 1065 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1066 const u8 *ssid; 1067 size_t ssid_len; 1068 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1069 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1070 bool privacy; 1071 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1072 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1073 int inactivity_timeout; 1074 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1075 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1076 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1077 bool pbss; 1078 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1079 1080 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1081 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1082 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1083 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1084 bool ht_required, vht_required; 1085 bool twt_responder; 1086 u32 flags; 1087 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1088 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1089 }; 1090 1091 /** 1092 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1093 * 1094 * Used for channel switch 1095 * 1096 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1097 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1098 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1099 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1100 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1101 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1102 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1103 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1104 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1105 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1106 */ 1107 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1108 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1109 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1110 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1111 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1112 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1113 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1114 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1115 bool radar_required; 1116 bool block_tx; 1117 u8 count; 1118 }; 1119 1120 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 1121 1122 /** 1123 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1124 * 1125 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1126 * 1127 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1128 * to use for verification 1129 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1130 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1131 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1132 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1133 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1134 * nl80211_iftype. 1135 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1136 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1137 * the verification 1138 */ 1139 struct iface_combination_params { 1140 int num_different_channels; 1141 u8 radar_detect; 1142 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1143 u32 new_beacon_int; 1144 }; 1145 1146 /** 1147 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1148 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1149 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1150 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1151 * 1152 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1153 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1154 */ 1155 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1156 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1157 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1158 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1159 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1160 }; 1161 1162 /** 1163 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1164 * 1165 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1166 * 1167 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1168 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1169 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1170 * power per-interface or per-station. 1171 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1172 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1173 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1174 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1175 * per peer TPC. 1176 */ 1177 struct sta_txpwr { 1178 s16 power; 1179 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1180 }; 1181 1182 /** 1183 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1184 * 1185 * Used to change and create a new station. 1186 * 1187 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1188 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1189 * (or NULL for no change) 1190 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1191 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1192 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1193 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1194 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1195 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1196 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1197 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1198 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1199 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1200 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1201 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1202 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1203 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1204 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1205 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1206 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1207 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1208 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1209 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1210 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1211 * to unknown) 1212 * @capability: station capability 1213 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1214 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1215 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1216 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1217 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1218 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1219 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1220 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1221 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1222 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1223 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1224 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1225 */ 1226 struct station_parameters { 1227 const u8 *supported_rates; 1228 struct net_device *vlan; 1229 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1230 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1231 int listen_interval; 1232 u16 aid; 1233 u16 vlan_id; 1234 u16 peer_aid; 1235 u8 supported_rates_len; 1236 u8 plink_action; 1237 u8 plink_state; 1238 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1239 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1240 u8 uapsd_queues; 1241 u8 max_sp; 1242 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1243 u16 capability; 1244 const u8 *ext_capab; 1245 u8 ext_capab_len; 1246 const u8 *supported_channels; 1247 u8 supported_channels_len; 1248 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1249 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1250 u8 opmode_notif; 1251 bool opmode_notif_used; 1252 int support_p2p_ps; 1253 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1254 u8 he_capa_len; 1255 u16 airtime_weight; 1256 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1257 }; 1258 1259 /** 1260 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1261 * 1262 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1263 * 1264 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1265 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1266 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1267 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1268 */ 1269 struct station_del_parameters { 1270 const u8 *mac; 1271 u8 subtype; 1272 u16 reason_code; 1273 }; 1274 1275 /** 1276 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1277 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1278 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1279 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1280 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1281 * the AP MLME in the device 1282 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1283 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1284 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1285 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1286 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1287 * supported/used) 1288 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1289 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1290 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1291 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1292 */ 1293 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1294 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1295 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1296 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1297 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1298 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1299 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1300 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1301 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1302 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1303 }; 1304 1305 /** 1306 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1307 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1308 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1309 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1310 * 1311 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1312 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1313 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1314 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1315 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1316 */ 1317 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1318 struct station_parameters *params, 1319 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1320 1321 /** 1322 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1323 * 1324 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1325 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1326 * 1327 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1328 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1329 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1330 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1331 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1332 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1333 */ 1334 enum rate_info_flags { 1335 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1336 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1337 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1338 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1339 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1340 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1341 }; 1342 1343 /** 1344 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1345 * 1346 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1347 * 1348 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1349 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1350 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1351 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1352 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1353 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1354 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1355 */ 1356 enum rate_info_bw { 1357 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1358 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1359 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1360 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1361 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1362 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1363 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1364 }; 1365 1366 /** 1367 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1368 * 1369 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1370 * 1371 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1372 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1373 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1374 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1375 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1376 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1377 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1378 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1379 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1380 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1381 */ 1382 struct rate_info { 1383 u8 flags; 1384 u8 mcs; 1385 u16 legacy; 1386 u8 nss; 1387 u8 bw; 1388 u8 he_gi; 1389 u8 he_dcm; 1390 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1391 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1392 }; 1393 1394 /** 1395 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1396 * 1397 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1398 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1399 * 1400 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1401 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1402 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1403 */ 1404 enum bss_param_flags { 1405 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1406 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1407 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1408 }; 1409 1410 /** 1411 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1412 * 1413 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1414 * 1415 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1416 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1417 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1418 */ 1419 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1420 u8 flags; 1421 u8 dtim_period; 1422 u16 beacon_interval; 1423 }; 1424 1425 /** 1426 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1427 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1428 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1429 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1430 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1431 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1432 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1433 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1434 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1435 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1436 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1437 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1438 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1439 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1440 */ 1441 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1442 u32 filled; 1443 u32 backlog_bytes; 1444 u32 backlog_packets; 1445 u32 flows; 1446 u32 drops; 1447 u32 ecn_marks; 1448 u32 overlimit; 1449 u32 overmemory; 1450 u32 collisions; 1451 u32 tx_bytes; 1452 u32 tx_packets; 1453 u32 max_flows; 1454 }; 1455 1456 /** 1457 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1458 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1459 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1460 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1461 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1462 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1463 * transmitted MSDUs 1464 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1465 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1466 */ 1467 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1468 u32 filled; 1469 u64 rx_msdu; 1470 u64 tx_msdu; 1471 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1472 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1473 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1474 }; 1475 1476 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1477 1478 /** 1479 * struct station_info - station information 1480 * 1481 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1482 * 1483 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1484 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1485 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1486 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1487 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1488 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1489 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1490 * @llid: mesh local link id 1491 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1492 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1493 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1494 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1495 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1496 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1497 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1498 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1499 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1500 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1501 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1502 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1503 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1504 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1505 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1506 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1507 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1508 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1509 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1510 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1511 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1512 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1513 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1514 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1515 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1516 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1517 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1518 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1519 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1520 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1521 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1522 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1523 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1524 * towards this station. 1525 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1526 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1527 * from this peer 1528 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1529 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1530 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1531 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1532 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1533 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1534 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1535 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1536 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1537 * been sent. 1538 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1539 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1540 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1541 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1542 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1543 */ 1544 struct station_info { 1545 u64 filled; 1546 u32 connected_time; 1547 u32 inactive_time; 1548 u64 assoc_at; 1549 u64 rx_bytes; 1550 u64 tx_bytes; 1551 u16 llid; 1552 u16 plid; 1553 u8 plink_state; 1554 s8 signal; 1555 s8 signal_avg; 1556 1557 u8 chains; 1558 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1559 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1560 1561 struct rate_info txrate; 1562 struct rate_info rxrate; 1563 u32 rx_packets; 1564 u32 tx_packets; 1565 u32 tx_retries; 1566 u32 tx_failed; 1567 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1568 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1569 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1570 1571 int generation; 1572 1573 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1574 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1575 1576 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1577 s64 t_offset; 1578 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1579 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1580 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1581 1582 u32 expected_throughput; 1583 1584 u64 tx_duration; 1585 u64 rx_duration; 1586 u64 rx_beacon; 1587 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1588 u8 connected_to_gate; 1589 1590 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1591 s8 ack_signal; 1592 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1593 1594 u16 airtime_weight; 1595 1596 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1597 u32 fcs_err_count; 1598 1599 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1600 }; 1601 1602 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1603 /** 1604 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1605 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1606 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1607 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1608 * 1609 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1610 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1611 * considered undefined. 1612 */ 1613 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1614 struct station_info *sinfo); 1615 #else 1616 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1617 const u8 *mac_addr, 1618 struct station_info *sinfo) 1619 { 1620 return -ENOENT; 1621 } 1622 #endif 1623 1624 /** 1625 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1626 * 1627 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1628 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1629 * 1630 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1631 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1632 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1633 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1634 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1635 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1636 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1637 */ 1638 enum monitor_flags { 1639 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1640 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1641 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1642 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1643 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1644 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1645 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1646 }; 1647 1648 /** 1649 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1650 * 1651 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1652 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1653 * 1654 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1655 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1656 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1657 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1658 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1659 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1660 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1661 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1662 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1663 */ 1664 enum mpath_info_flags { 1665 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1666 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1667 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1668 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1669 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1670 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1671 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1672 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1673 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1674 }; 1675 1676 /** 1677 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1678 * 1679 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1680 * 1681 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1682 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1683 * @sn: target sequence number 1684 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1685 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1686 * @flags: mesh path flags 1687 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1688 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1689 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1690 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1691 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1692 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1693 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1694 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1695 */ 1696 struct mpath_info { 1697 u32 filled; 1698 u32 frame_qlen; 1699 u32 sn; 1700 u32 metric; 1701 u32 exptime; 1702 u32 discovery_timeout; 1703 u8 discovery_retries; 1704 u8 flags; 1705 u8 hop_count; 1706 u32 path_change_count; 1707 1708 int generation; 1709 }; 1710 1711 /** 1712 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1713 * 1714 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1715 * 1716 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1717 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1718 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1719 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1720 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1721 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1722 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1723 * (or NULL for no change) 1724 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1725 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1726 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1727 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1728 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1729 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1730 */ 1731 struct bss_parameters { 1732 int use_cts_prot; 1733 int use_short_preamble; 1734 int use_short_slot_time; 1735 const u8 *basic_rates; 1736 u8 basic_rates_len; 1737 int ap_isolate; 1738 int ht_opmode; 1739 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1740 }; 1741 1742 /** 1743 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1744 * 1745 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1746 * 1747 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1748 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1749 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1750 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1751 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1752 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1753 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1754 * mesh interface 1755 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1756 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1757 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1758 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1759 * elements 1760 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1761 * detect compatible mesh peers 1762 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1763 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1764 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1765 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1766 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1767 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1768 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1769 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1770 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1771 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1772 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1773 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1774 * element 1775 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1776 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1777 * element 1778 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1779 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1780 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1781 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1782 * announcements are transmitted 1783 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1784 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1785 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1786 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1787 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1788 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1789 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1790 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1791 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1792 * station to establish a peer link 1793 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1794 * 1795 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1796 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1797 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1798 * 1799 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1800 * PREQs are transmitted. 1801 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1802 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1803 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1804 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1805 * setting for new peer links. 1806 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1807 * after transmitting its beacon. 1808 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1809 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1810 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1811 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1812 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1813 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1814 * in the mesh path table 1815 */ 1816 struct mesh_config { 1817 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1818 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1819 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1820 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1821 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1822 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1823 u8 element_ttl; 1824 bool auto_open_plinks; 1825 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1826 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1827 u32 path_refresh_time; 1828 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1829 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1830 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1831 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1832 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1833 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1834 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1835 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1836 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1837 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1838 s32 rssi_threshold; 1839 u16 ht_opmode; 1840 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1841 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1842 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1843 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1844 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1845 u32 plink_timeout; 1846 }; 1847 1848 /** 1849 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1850 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1851 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1852 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1853 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1854 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1855 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1856 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1857 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1858 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1859 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1860 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1861 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1862 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1863 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1864 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1865 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1866 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1867 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1868 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1869 * to operate on DFS channels. 1870 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1871 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1872 * 1873 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1874 */ 1875 struct mesh_setup { 1876 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1877 const u8 *mesh_id; 1878 u8 mesh_id_len; 1879 u8 sync_method; 1880 u8 path_sel_proto; 1881 u8 path_metric; 1882 u8 auth_id; 1883 const u8 *ie; 1884 u8 ie_len; 1885 bool is_authenticated; 1886 bool is_secure; 1887 bool user_mpm; 1888 u8 dtim_period; 1889 u16 beacon_interval; 1890 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1891 u32 basic_rates; 1892 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1893 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1894 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1895 }; 1896 1897 /** 1898 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1899 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1900 * 1901 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1902 */ 1903 struct ocb_setup { 1904 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1905 }; 1906 1907 /** 1908 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1909 * @ac: AC identifier 1910 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1911 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1912 * 1..32767] 1913 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1914 * 1..32767] 1915 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1916 */ 1917 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1918 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1919 u16 txop; 1920 u16 cwmin; 1921 u16 cwmax; 1922 u8 aifs; 1923 }; 1924 1925 /** 1926 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1927 * 1928 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1929 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1930 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1931 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1932 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1933 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1934 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1935 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1936 * in the wiphy structure. 1937 * 1938 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1939 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1940 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1941 * 1942 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1943 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1944 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1945 * to userspace. 1946 */ 1947 1948 /** 1949 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1950 * @ssid: the SSID 1951 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1952 */ 1953 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1954 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1955 u8 ssid_len; 1956 }; 1957 1958 /** 1959 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1960 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1961 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1962 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1963 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1964 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1965 * userspace will be notified of that 1966 */ 1967 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1968 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1969 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1970 bool aborted; 1971 }; 1972 1973 /** 1974 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1975 * 1976 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1977 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1978 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1979 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1980 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1981 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1982 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1983 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1984 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1985 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1986 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1987 * %duration field. 1988 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1989 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1990 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1991 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1992 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1993 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1994 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1995 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1996 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1997 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1998 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1999 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2000 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2001 */ 2002 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2003 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2004 int n_ssids; 2005 u32 n_channels; 2006 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2007 const u8 *ie; 2008 size_t ie_len; 2009 u16 duration; 2010 bool duration_mandatory; 2011 u32 flags; 2012 2013 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2014 2015 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2016 2017 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2018 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2019 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2020 2021 /* internal */ 2022 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2023 unsigned long scan_start; 2024 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2025 bool notified; 2026 bool no_cck; 2027 2028 /* keep last */ 2029 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2030 }; 2031 2032 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2033 { 2034 int i; 2035 2036 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2037 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2038 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2039 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2040 } 2041 } 2042 2043 /** 2044 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2045 * 2046 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2047 * or no match (RSSI only) 2048 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2049 * or no match (RSSI only) 2050 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2051 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2052 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2053 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2054 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2055 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2056 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2057 * corresponding matchset. 2058 */ 2059 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2060 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2061 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2062 s32 rssi_thold; 2063 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2064 }; 2065 2066 /** 2067 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2068 * 2069 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2070 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2071 * infinite loop. 2072 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2073 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2074 */ 2075 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2076 u32 interval; 2077 u32 iterations; 2078 }; 2079 2080 /** 2081 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2082 * 2083 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2084 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2085 */ 2086 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2087 enum nl80211_band band; 2088 s8 delta; 2089 }; 2090 2091 /** 2092 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2093 * 2094 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2095 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2096 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2097 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2098 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2099 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2100 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2101 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2102 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2103 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2104 * (others are filtered out). 2105 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2106 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2107 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2108 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2109 * @dev: the interface 2110 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2111 * @channels: channels to scan 2112 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2113 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2114 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2115 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2116 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2117 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2118 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2119 * index must be executed first. 2120 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2121 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2122 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2123 * owned by a particular socket) 2124 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2125 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2126 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2127 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2128 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2129 * supported. 2130 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2131 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2132 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2133 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2134 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2135 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2136 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2137 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2138 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2139 * comparisions. 2140 */ 2141 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2142 u64 reqid; 2143 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2144 int n_ssids; 2145 u32 n_channels; 2146 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2147 const u8 *ie; 2148 size_t ie_len; 2149 u32 flags; 2150 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2151 int n_match_sets; 2152 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2153 u32 delay; 2154 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2155 int n_scan_plans; 2156 2157 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2158 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2159 2160 bool relative_rssi_set; 2161 s8 relative_rssi; 2162 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2163 2164 /* internal */ 2165 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2166 struct net_device *dev; 2167 unsigned long scan_start; 2168 bool report_results; 2169 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2170 u32 owner_nlportid; 2171 bool nl_owner_dead; 2172 struct list_head list; 2173 2174 /* keep last */ 2175 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2176 }; 2177 2178 /** 2179 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2180 * 2181 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2182 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2183 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2184 */ 2185 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2186 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2187 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2188 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2189 }; 2190 2191 /** 2192 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2193 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2194 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2195 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2196 * signal type 2197 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2198 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2199 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2200 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2201 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2202 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2203 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2204 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2205 * by %parent_bssid. 2206 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2207 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2208 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2209 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2210 */ 2211 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2212 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2213 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2214 s32 signal; 2215 u64 boottime_ns; 2216 u64 parent_tsf; 2217 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2218 u8 chains; 2219 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2220 }; 2221 2222 /** 2223 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2224 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2225 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2226 * @len: length of the IEs 2227 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2228 * @data: IE data 2229 */ 2230 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2231 u64 tsf; 2232 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2233 int len; 2234 bool from_beacon; 2235 u8 data[]; 2236 }; 2237 2238 /** 2239 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2240 * 2241 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2242 * for use in scan results and similar. 2243 * 2244 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2245 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2246 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2247 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2248 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2249 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2250 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2251 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2252 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2253 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2254 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2255 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2256 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2257 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2258 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2259 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2260 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2261 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2262 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2263 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2264 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2265 * (multi-BSSID support) 2266 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2267 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2268 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2269 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2270 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2271 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2272 */ 2273 struct cfg80211_bss { 2274 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2275 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2276 2277 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2278 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2279 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2280 2281 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2282 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2283 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2284 2285 s32 signal; 2286 2287 u16 beacon_interval; 2288 u16 capability; 2289 2290 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2291 u8 chains; 2292 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2293 2294 u8 bssid_index; 2295 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2296 2297 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2298 }; 2299 2300 /** 2301 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2302 * @bss: the bss to search 2303 * @id: the element ID 2304 * 2305 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2306 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2307 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2308 */ 2309 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2310 2311 /** 2312 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2313 * @bss: the bss to search 2314 * @id: the element ID 2315 * 2316 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2317 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2318 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2319 */ 2320 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2321 { 2322 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2323 } 2324 2325 2326 /** 2327 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2328 * 2329 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2330 * authentication. 2331 * 2332 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2333 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2334 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2335 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2336 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2337 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2338 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2339 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2340 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2341 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2342 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2343 * transaction sequence number field. 2344 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2345 */ 2346 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2347 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2348 const u8 *ie; 2349 size_t ie_len; 2350 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2351 const u8 *key; 2352 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2353 const u8 *auth_data; 2354 size_t auth_data_len; 2355 }; 2356 2357 /** 2358 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2359 * 2360 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2361 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2362 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2363 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2364 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2365 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2366 * request (connect callback). 2367 */ 2368 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2369 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2370 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2371 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2372 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2373 }; 2374 2375 /** 2376 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2377 * 2378 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2379 * (re)association. 2380 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2381 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2382 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2383 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2384 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2385 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2386 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2387 * @crypto: crypto settings 2388 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2389 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2390 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2391 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2392 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2393 * frame. 2394 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2395 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2396 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2397 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2398 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2399 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2400 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2401 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2402 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2403 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2404 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2405 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2406 */ 2407 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2408 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2409 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2410 size_t ie_len; 2411 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2412 bool use_mfp; 2413 u32 flags; 2414 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2415 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2416 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2417 const u8 *fils_kek; 2418 size_t fils_kek_len; 2419 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2420 }; 2421 2422 /** 2423 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2424 * 2425 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2426 * deauthentication. 2427 * 2428 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2429 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2430 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2431 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2432 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2433 * do not set a deauth frame 2434 */ 2435 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2436 const u8 *bssid; 2437 const u8 *ie; 2438 size_t ie_len; 2439 u16 reason_code; 2440 bool local_state_change; 2441 }; 2442 2443 /** 2444 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2445 * 2446 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2447 * disassociation. 2448 * 2449 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2450 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2451 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2452 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2453 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2454 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2455 */ 2456 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2457 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2458 const u8 *ie; 2459 size_t ie_len; 2460 u16 reason_code; 2461 bool local_state_change; 2462 }; 2463 2464 /** 2465 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2466 * 2467 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2468 * method. 2469 * 2470 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2471 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2472 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2473 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2474 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2475 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2476 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2477 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2478 * @ie_len: length of that 2479 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2480 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2481 * after joining 2482 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2483 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2484 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2485 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2486 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2487 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2488 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2489 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2490 * to operate on DFS channels. 2491 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2492 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2493 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2494 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2495 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2496 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2497 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2498 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2499 */ 2500 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2501 const u8 *ssid; 2502 const u8 *bssid; 2503 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2504 const u8 *ie; 2505 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2506 u16 beacon_interval; 2507 u32 basic_rates; 2508 bool channel_fixed; 2509 bool privacy; 2510 bool control_port; 2511 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2512 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2513 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2514 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2515 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2516 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2517 int wep_tx_key; 2518 }; 2519 2520 /** 2521 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2522 * 2523 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2524 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2525 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2526 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2527 */ 2528 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2529 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2530 union { 2531 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2532 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2533 } param; 2534 }; 2535 2536 /** 2537 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2538 * 2539 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2540 * authentication and association. 2541 * 2542 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2543 * on scan results) 2544 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2545 * %NULL if not specified 2546 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2547 * results) 2548 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2549 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2550 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2551 * to use. 2552 * @ssid: SSID 2553 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2554 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2555 * @ie: IEs for association request 2556 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2557 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2558 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2559 * @crypto: crypto settings 2560 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2561 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2562 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2563 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2564 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2565 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2566 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2567 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2568 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2569 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2570 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2571 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2572 * networks. 2573 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2574 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2575 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2576 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2577 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2578 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2579 * frame. 2580 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2581 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2582 * data IE. 2583 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2584 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2585 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2586 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2587 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2588 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2589 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2590 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2591 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2592 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2593 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2594 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2595 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2596 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2597 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2598 */ 2599 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2600 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2601 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2602 const u8 *bssid; 2603 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2604 const u8 *ssid; 2605 size_t ssid_len; 2606 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2607 const u8 *ie; 2608 size_t ie_len; 2609 bool privacy; 2610 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2611 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2612 const u8 *key; 2613 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2614 u32 flags; 2615 int bg_scan_period; 2616 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2617 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2618 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2619 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2620 bool pbss; 2621 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2622 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2623 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2624 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2625 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2626 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2627 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2628 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2629 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2630 bool want_1x; 2631 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2632 }; 2633 2634 /** 2635 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2636 * 2637 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2638 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2639 * 2640 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2641 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2642 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2643 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2644 */ 2645 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2646 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2647 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2648 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2649 }; 2650 2651 /** 2652 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2653 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2654 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2655 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2656 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2657 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2658 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2659 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2660 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2661 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2662 */ 2663 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2664 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2665 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2666 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2667 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2668 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2669 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2670 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2671 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2672 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2673 }; 2674 2675 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2676 2677 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 2678 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 2679 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 2680 2681 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 2682 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 2683 2684 /** 2685 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2686 * 2687 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2688 * caching. 2689 * 2690 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2691 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2692 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2693 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2694 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2695 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2696 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2697 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2698 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2699 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2700 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2701 * %NULL). 2702 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 2703 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 2704 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 2705 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 2706 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 2707 * used for it expires. 2708 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 2709 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 2710 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 2711 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 2712 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 2713 */ 2714 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2715 const u8 *bssid; 2716 const u8 *pmkid; 2717 const u8 *pmk; 2718 size_t pmk_len; 2719 const u8 *ssid; 2720 size_t ssid_len; 2721 const u8 *cache_id; 2722 u32 pmk_lifetime; 2723 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 2724 }; 2725 2726 /** 2727 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2728 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2729 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2730 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2731 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2732 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2733 * 2734 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2735 * memory, free @mask only! 2736 */ 2737 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2738 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2739 int pattern_len; 2740 int pkt_offset; 2741 }; 2742 2743 /** 2744 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2745 * 2746 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2747 * @src: source IP address 2748 * @dst: destination IP address 2749 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2750 * @src_port: source port 2751 * @dst_port: destination port 2752 * @payload_len: data payload length 2753 * @payload: data payload buffer 2754 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2755 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2756 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2757 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2758 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2759 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2760 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2761 */ 2762 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2763 struct socket *sock; 2764 __be32 src, dst; 2765 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2766 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2767 int payload_len; 2768 const u8 *payload; 2769 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2770 u32 data_interval; 2771 u32 wake_len; 2772 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2773 u32 tokens_size; 2774 /* must be last, variable member */ 2775 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2776 }; 2777 2778 /** 2779 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2780 * 2781 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2782 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2783 * operating as normal during suspend 2784 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2785 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2786 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2787 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2788 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2789 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2790 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2791 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2792 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2793 * NULL if not configured. 2794 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2795 */ 2796 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2797 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2798 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2799 rfkill_release; 2800 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2801 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2802 int n_patterns; 2803 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2804 }; 2805 2806 /** 2807 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2808 * 2809 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2810 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2811 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2812 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2813 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2814 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2815 */ 2816 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2817 int delay; 2818 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2819 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2820 int n_patterns; 2821 }; 2822 2823 /** 2824 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2825 * 2826 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2827 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2828 * @n_rules: number of rules 2829 */ 2830 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2831 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2832 int n_rules; 2833 }; 2834 2835 /** 2836 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2837 * 2838 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2839 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2840 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2841 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2842 * occurred (in MHz) 2843 */ 2844 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2845 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2846 int n_channels; 2847 u32 channels[]; 2848 }; 2849 2850 /** 2851 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2852 * 2853 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2854 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2855 * match information. 2856 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2857 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2858 */ 2859 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2860 int n_matches; 2861 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2862 }; 2863 2864 /** 2865 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2866 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2867 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2868 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2869 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2870 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2871 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2872 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2873 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2874 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2875 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2876 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2877 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2878 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2879 * it is. 2880 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2881 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2882 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2883 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2884 */ 2885 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2886 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2887 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2888 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2889 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2890 s32 pattern_idx; 2891 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2892 const void *packet; 2893 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2894 }; 2895 2896 /** 2897 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2898 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2899 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2900 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2901 */ 2902 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2903 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2904 }; 2905 2906 /** 2907 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2908 * 2909 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2910 * 2911 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2912 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2913 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2914 */ 2915 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2916 u16 md; 2917 const u8 *ie; 2918 size_t ie_len; 2919 }; 2920 2921 /** 2922 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2923 * 2924 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2925 * 2926 * @chan: channel to use 2927 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2928 * @wait: duration for ROC 2929 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2930 * @len: buffer length 2931 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2932 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2933 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2934 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2935 */ 2936 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2937 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2938 bool offchan; 2939 unsigned int wait; 2940 const u8 *buf; 2941 size_t len; 2942 bool no_cck; 2943 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2944 int n_csa_offsets; 2945 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2946 }; 2947 2948 /** 2949 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2950 * 2951 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2952 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2953 */ 2954 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2955 u8 dscp; 2956 u8 up; 2957 }; 2958 2959 /** 2960 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2961 * 2962 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2963 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2964 */ 2965 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2966 u8 low; 2967 u8 high; 2968 }; 2969 2970 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2971 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2972 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2973 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2974 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2975 2976 /** 2977 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2978 * 2979 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2980 * 2981 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2982 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2983 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2984 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2985 */ 2986 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2987 u8 num_des; 2988 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2989 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2990 }; 2991 2992 /** 2993 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2994 * 2995 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2996 * 2997 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2998 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2999 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3000 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3001 */ 3002 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3003 u8 master_pref; 3004 u8 bands; 3005 }; 3006 3007 /** 3008 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3009 * configuration 3010 * 3011 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3012 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3013 */ 3014 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3015 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3016 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3017 }; 3018 3019 /** 3020 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3021 * 3022 * @filter: the content of the filter 3023 * @len: the length of the filter 3024 */ 3025 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3026 const u8 *filter; 3027 u8 len; 3028 }; 3029 3030 /** 3031 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3032 * 3033 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3034 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3035 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3036 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3037 * implementation specific. 3038 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3039 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3040 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3041 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3042 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3043 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3044 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3045 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3046 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3047 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3048 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3049 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3050 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3051 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3052 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3053 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3054 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3055 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3056 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3057 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3058 */ 3059 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3060 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3061 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3062 u8 publish_type; 3063 bool close_range; 3064 bool publish_bcast; 3065 bool subscribe_active; 3066 u8 followup_id; 3067 u8 followup_reqid; 3068 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3069 u32 ttl; 3070 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3071 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3072 bool srf_include; 3073 const u8 *srf_bf; 3074 u8 srf_bf_len; 3075 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3076 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3077 int srf_num_macs; 3078 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3079 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3080 u8 num_tx_filters; 3081 u8 num_rx_filters; 3082 u8 instance_id; 3083 u64 cookie; 3084 }; 3085 3086 /** 3087 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3088 * 3089 * @aa: authenticator address 3090 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3091 * @pmk: the PMK material 3092 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3093 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3094 * holds PMK-R0. 3095 */ 3096 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3097 const u8 *aa; 3098 u8 pmk_len; 3099 const u8 *pmk; 3100 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3101 }; 3102 3103 /** 3104 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3105 * 3106 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3107 * 3108 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3109 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3110 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3111 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3112 * authentication response command interface. 3113 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3114 * authentication response command interface. 3115 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3116 * authentication request event interface. 3117 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3118 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3119 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3120 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3121 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3122 */ 3123 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3124 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3125 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3126 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3127 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3128 u16 status; 3129 const u8 *pmkid; 3130 }; 3131 3132 /** 3133 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3134 * 3135 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3136 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3137 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3138 * answered 3139 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3140 * successfully answered 3141 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3142 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3143 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3144 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3145 * of how much time the responder was busy 3146 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3147 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3148 * the responder 3149 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3150 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3151 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3152 */ 3153 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3154 u32 filled; 3155 u32 success_num; 3156 u32 partial_num; 3157 u32 failed_num; 3158 u32 asap_num; 3159 u32 non_asap_num; 3160 u64 total_duration_ms; 3161 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3162 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3163 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3164 }; 3165 3166 /** 3167 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3168 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3169 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3170 * reason than just "failure" 3171 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3172 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3173 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3174 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3175 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3176 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3177 * by the responder 3178 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3179 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3180 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3181 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3182 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3183 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3184 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3185 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3186 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3187 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3188 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3189 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3190 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3191 * the square root of the variance) 3192 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3193 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3194 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3195 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3196 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3197 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3198 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3199 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3200 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3201 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3202 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3203 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3204 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3205 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3206 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3207 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3208 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3209 */ 3210 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3211 const u8 *lci; 3212 const u8 *civicloc; 3213 unsigned int lci_len; 3214 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3215 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3216 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3217 s16 burst_index; 3218 u8 busy_retry_time; 3219 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3220 u8 burst_duration; 3221 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3222 s32 rssi_avg; 3223 s32 rssi_spread; 3224 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3225 s64 rtt_avg; 3226 s64 rtt_variance; 3227 s64 rtt_spread; 3228 s64 dist_avg; 3229 s64 dist_variance; 3230 s64 dist_spread; 3231 3232 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3233 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3234 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3235 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3236 tx_rate_valid:1, 3237 rx_rate_valid:1, 3238 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3239 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3240 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3241 dist_avg_valid:1, 3242 dist_variance_valid:1, 3243 dist_spread_valid:1; 3244 }; 3245 3246 /** 3247 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3248 * @addr: address of the peer 3249 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3250 * measurement was made) 3251 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3252 * @status: status of the measurement 3253 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3254 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3255 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3256 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3257 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3258 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3259 */ 3260 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3261 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3262 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3263 3264 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3265 3266 u8 final:1, 3267 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3268 3269 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3270 3271 union { 3272 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3273 }; 3274 }; 3275 3276 /** 3277 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3278 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3279 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3280 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3281 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3282 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3283 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3284 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3285 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3286 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3287 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3288 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3289 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3290 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3291 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3292 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3293 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3294 * 3295 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3296 */ 3297 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3298 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3299 u16 burst_period; 3300 u8 requested:1, 3301 asap:1, 3302 request_lci:1, 3303 request_civicloc:1, 3304 trigger_based:1, 3305 non_trigger_based:1; 3306 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3307 u8 burst_duration; 3308 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3309 u8 ftmr_retries; 3310 }; 3311 3312 /** 3313 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3314 * @addr: MAC address 3315 * @chandef: channel to use 3316 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3317 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3318 */ 3319 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3320 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3321 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3322 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3323 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3324 }; 3325 3326 /** 3327 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3328 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3329 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3330 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3331 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3332 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3333 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3334 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3335 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3336 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3337 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3338 * zero it means there's no timeout 3339 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3340 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3341 */ 3342 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3343 u64 cookie; 3344 void *drv_data; 3345 u32 n_peers; 3346 u32 nl_portid; 3347 3348 u32 timeout; 3349 3350 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3351 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3352 3353 struct list_head list; 3354 3355 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3356 }; 3357 3358 /** 3359 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3360 * 3361 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3362 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3363 * 3364 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3365 * 3366 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3367 * has to be done. 3368 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3369 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3370 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3371 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3372 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3373 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3374 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3375 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3376 */ 3377 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3378 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3379 u16 status; 3380 const u8 *ie; 3381 size_t ie_len; 3382 }; 3383 3384 /** 3385 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3386 * 3387 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3388 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3389 * 3390 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3391 * on success or a negative error code. 3392 * 3393 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3394 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3395 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3396 * 3397 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3398 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3399 * configured for the device. 3400 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3401 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3402 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3403 * the device. 3404 * 3405 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3406 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3407 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3408 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3409 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3410 * 3411 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3412 * 3413 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3414 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3415 * 3416 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3417 * when adding a group key. 3418 * 3419 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3420 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3421 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3422 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3423 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3424 * 3425 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3426 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3427 * 3428 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3429 * 3430 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3431 * 3432 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface 3433 * 3434 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3435 * 3436 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3437 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3438 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3439 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3440 * 3441 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3442 * @del_station: Remove a station 3443 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3444 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3445 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3446 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3447 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3448 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3449 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3450 * 3451 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3452 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3453 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3454 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3455 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3456 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3457 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3458 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3459 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3460 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3461 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3462 * 3463 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3464 * 3465 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3466 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3467 * set, and which to leave alone. 3468 * 3469 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3470 * 3471 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3472 * 3473 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3474 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3475 * join the mesh instead. 3476 * 3477 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3478 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3479 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3480 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3481 * 3482 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3483 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3484 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3485 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3486 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3487 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3488 * 3489 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3490 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3491 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3492 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3493 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3494 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3495 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3496 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3497 * 3498 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3499 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3500 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3501 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3502 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3503 * was received. 3504 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3505 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3506 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3507 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3508 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3509 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3510 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3511 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3512 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3513 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3514 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3515 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3516 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3517 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3518 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3519 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3520 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3521 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3522 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3523 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3524 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3525 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3526 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3527 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3528 * 3529 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3530 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3531 * to a merge. 3532 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3533 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3534 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3535 * 3536 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3537 * MESH mode) 3538 * 3539 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3540 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3541 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3542 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3543 * 3544 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3545 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3546 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3547 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3548 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3549 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3550 * return 0 if successful 3551 * 3552 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3553 * 3554 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3555 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3556 * 3557 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3558 * 3559 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3560 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3561 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3562 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3563 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3564 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3565 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3566 * the duration value. 3567 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3568 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3569 * frame on another channel 3570 * 3571 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3572 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3573 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3574 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3575 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3576 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3577 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3578 * 3579 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3580 * 3581 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3582 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3583 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3584 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3585 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3586 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3587 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3588 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3589 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3590 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3591 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3592 * disabled.) 3593 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3594 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3595 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3596 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3597 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3598 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3599 * thresholds. 3600 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3601 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3602 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3603 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3604 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3605 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3606 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3607 * 3608 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3609 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3610 * 3611 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3612 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3613 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3614 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3615 * 3616 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3617 * 3618 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3619 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3620 * 3621 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3622 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3623 * 3624 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3625 * 3626 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3627 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3628 * current monitoring channel. 3629 * 3630 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3631 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3632 * 3633 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3634 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3635 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3636 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3637 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3638 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3639 * 3640 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3641 * 3642 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 3643 * was finished on another phy. 3644 * 3645 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3646 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3647 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3648 * 3649 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3650 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3651 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3652 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3653 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3654 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3655 * 3656 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3657 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3658 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3659 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3660 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3661 * as soon as possible. 3662 * 3663 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3664 * 3665 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3666 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3667 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3668 * 3669 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3670 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3671 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3672 * account. 3673 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3674 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3675 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3676 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3677 * rejected) 3678 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3679 * 3680 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3681 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3682 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3683 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3684 * 3685 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3686 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3687 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3688 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3689 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3690 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3691 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3692 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3693 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3694 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3695 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3696 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3697 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3698 * provided @nan_func. 3699 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3700 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3701 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3702 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3703 * 3704 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3705 * 3706 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3707 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3708 * 3709 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3710 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3711 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3712 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3713 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3714 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3715 * 3716 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3717 * user space 3718 * 3719 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3720 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3721 * 3722 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3723 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3724 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3725 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3726 * 3727 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3728 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3729 * DH IE through this interface. 3730 * 3731 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3732 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3733 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 3734 * This callback may sleep. 3735 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 3736 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 3737 */ 3738 struct cfg80211_ops { 3739 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3740 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3741 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3742 3743 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3744 const char *name, 3745 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3746 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3747 struct vif_params *params); 3748 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3749 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3750 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3751 struct net_device *dev, 3752 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3753 struct vif_params *params); 3754 3755 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3756 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3757 struct key_params *params); 3758 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3759 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3760 void *cookie, 3761 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3762 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3763 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3764 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3765 struct net_device *netdev, 3766 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3767 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3768 struct net_device *netdev, 3769 u8 key_index); 3770 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3771 struct net_device *netdev, 3772 u8 key_index); 3773 3774 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3775 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3776 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3777 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3778 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3779 3780 3781 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3782 const u8 *mac, 3783 struct station_parameters *params); 3784 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3785 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3786 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3787 const u8 *mac, 3788 struct station_parameters *params); 3789 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3790 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3791 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3792 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3793 3794 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3795 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3796 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3797 const u8 *dst); 3798 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3799 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3800 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3801 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3802 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3803 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3804 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3805 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3806 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3807 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3808 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3809 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3810 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3811 struct net_device *dev, 3812 struct mesh_config *conf); 3813 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3814 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3815 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3816 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3817 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3818 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3819 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3820 3821 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3822 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3823 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3824 3825 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3826 struct bss_parameters *params); 3827 3828 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3829 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3830 3831 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3832 struct net_device *dev, 3833 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3834 3835 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3836 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3837 3838 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3839 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3840 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3841 3842 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3843 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3844 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3845 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3846 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3847 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3848 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3849 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3850 3851 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3852 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3853 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3854 struct net_device *dev, 3855 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3856 u32 changed); 3857 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3858 u16 reason_code); 3859 3860 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3861 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3862 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3863 3864 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3865 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3866 3867 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3868 3869 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3870 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3871 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3872 int *dbm); 3873 3874 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3875 const u8 *addr); 3876 3877 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3878 3879 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3880 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3881 void *data, int len); 3882 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3883 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3884 void *data, int len); 3885 #endif 3886 3887 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3888 struct net_device *dev, 3889 const u8 *peer, 3890 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3891 3892 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3893 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3894 3895 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3896 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3897 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3898 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3899 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3900 3901 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3902 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3903 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3904 unsigned int duration, 3905 u64 *cookie); 3906 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3907 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3908 u64 cookie); 3909 3910 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3911 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3912 u64 *cookie); 3913 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3914 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3915 u64 cookie); 3916 3917 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3918 bool enabled, int timeout); 3919 3920 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3921 struct net_device *dev, 3922 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3923 3924 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3925 struct net_device *dev, 3926 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3927 3928 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3929 struct net_device *dev, 3930 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3931 3932 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3933 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3934 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3935 3936 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3937 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3938 3939 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3940 struct net_device *dev, 3941 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3942 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3943 u64 reqid); 3944 3945 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3946 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3947 3948 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3949 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3950 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3951 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3952 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3953 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3954 3955 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3956 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3957 3958 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3959 struct net_device *dev, 3960 u16 noack_map); 3961 3962 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3963 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3964 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3965 3966 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3967 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3968 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3969 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3970 3971 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3972 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3973 3974 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3975 struct net_device *dev, 3976 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3977 u32 cac_time_ms); 3978 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3979 struct net_device *dev); 3980 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3981 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3982 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3983 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3984 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3985 u16 duration); 3986 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3987 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3988 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3989 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3990 3991 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3992 struct net_device *dev, 3993 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3994 3995 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3996 struct net_device *dev, 3997 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3998 3999 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4000 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4001 4002 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4003 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4004 u16 admitted_time); 4005 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4006 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4007 4008 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4009 struct net_device *dev, 4010 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4011 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4012 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4013 struct net_device *dev, 4014 const u8 *addr); 4015 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4016 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4017 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4018 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4019 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4020 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4021 u64 cookie); 4022 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4023 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4024 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4025 u32 changes); 4026 4027 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4028 struct net_device *dev, 4029 const bool enabled); 4030 4031 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4032 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4033 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4034 4035 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4036 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4037 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4038 const u8 *aa); 4039 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4040 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4041 4042 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4043 struct net_device *dev, 4044 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4045 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4046 const bool noencrypt); 4047 4048 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4049 struct net_device *dev, 4050 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4051 4052 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4053 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4054 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4055 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4056 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4057 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4058 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4059 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4060 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4061 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4062 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4063 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4064 }; 4065 4066 /* 4067 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4068 * and registration/helper functions 4069 */ 4070 4071 /** 4072 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4073 * 4074 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4075 * wiphy at all 4076 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4077 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4078 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4079 * reason to override the default 4080 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4081 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4082 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4083 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4084 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4085 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4086 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4087 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4088 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4089 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4090 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4091 * firmware. 4092 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4093 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4094 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4095 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4096 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4097 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4098 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4099 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4100 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4101 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4102 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4103 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4104 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4105 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4106 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4107 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4108 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4109 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4110 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4111 * before connection. 4112 */ 4113 enum wiphy_flags { 4114 /* use hole at 0 */ 4115 /* use hole at 1 */ 4116 /* use hole at 2 */ 4117 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4118 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4119 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4120 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4121 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4122 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4123 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4124 /* use hole at 11 */ 4125 /* use hole at 12 */ 4126 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4127 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4128 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4129 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4130 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4131 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4132 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4133 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4134 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4135 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4136 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4137 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4138 }; 4139 4140 /** 4141 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4142 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4143 * @types: interface types (bits) 4144 */ 4145 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4146 u16 max; 4147 u16 types; 4148 }; 4149 4150 /** 4151 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4152 * 4153 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4154 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4155 * 4156 * Examples: 4157 * 4158 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4159 * 4160 * .. code-block:: c 4161 * 4162 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4163 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4164 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4165 * }; 4166 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4167 * .limits = limits1, 4168 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4169 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4170 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4171 * }; 4172 * 4173 * 4174 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4175 * 4176 * .. code-block:: c 4177 * 4178 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4179 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4180 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4181 * }; 4182 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4183 * .limits = limits2, 4184 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4185 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4186 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4187 * }; 4188 * 4189 * 4190 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4191 * 4192 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4193 * 4194 * .. code-block:: c 4195 * 4196 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4197 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4198 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4199 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4200 * }; 4201 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4202 * .limits = limits3, 4203 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4204 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4205 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4206 * }; 4207 * 4208 */ 4209 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4210 /** 4211 * @limits: 4212 * limits for the given interface types 4213 */ 4214 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4215 4216 /** 4217 * @num_different_channels: 4218 * can use up to this many different channels 4219 */ 4220 u32 num_different_channels; 4221 4222 /** 4223 * @max_interfaces: 4224 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4225 */ 4226 u16 max_interfaces; 4227 4228 /** 4229 * @n_limits: 4230 * number of limitations 4231 */ 4232 u8 n_limits; 4233 4234 /** 4235 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4236 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4237 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4238 */ 4239 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4240 4241 /** 4242 * @radar_detect_widths: 4243 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4244 */ 4245 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4246 4247 /** 4248 * @radar_detect_regions: 4249 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4250 */ 4251 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4252 4253 /** 4254 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4255 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4256 * 4257 * = 0 4258 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4259 * > 0 4260 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4261 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4262 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4263 */ 4264 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4265 }; 4266 4267 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4268 u16 tx, rx; 4269 }; 4270 4271 /** 4272 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4273 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4274 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4275 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4276 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4277 * packet should be preserved in that case 4278 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4279 * (see nl80211.h) 4280 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4281 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4282 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4283 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4284 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4285 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4286 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4287 */ 4288 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4289 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4290 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4291 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4292 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4293 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4294 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4295 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4296 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4297 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4298 }; 4299 4300 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4301 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4302 u32 data_payload_max; 4303 u32 data_interval_max; 4304 u32 wake_payload_max; 4305 bool seq; 4306 }; 4307 4308 /** 4309 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4310 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4311 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4312 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4313 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4314 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4315 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4316 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4317 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4318 * scheduled scans. 4319 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4320 * details. 4321 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4322 */ 4323 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4324 u32 flags; 4325 int n_patterns; 4326 int pattern_max_len; 4327 int pattern_min_len; 4328 int max_pkt_offset; 4329 int max_nd_match_sets; 4330 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4331 }; 4332 4333 /** 4334 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4335 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4336 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4337 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4338 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4339 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4340 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4341 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4342 */ 4343 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4344 int n_rules; 4345 int max_delay; 4346 int n_patterns; 4347 int pattern_max_len; 4348 int pattern_min_len; 4349 int max_pkt_offset; 4350 }; 4351 4352 /** 4353 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4354 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4355 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4356 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4357 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4358 */ 4359 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4360 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4361 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4362 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4363 }; 4364 4365 /** 4366 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4367 * 4368 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4369 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4370 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4371 * 4372 */ 4373 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4374 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4375 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4376 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4377 }; 4378 4379 /** 4380 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4381 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4382 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4383 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4384 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4385 */ 4386 4387 struct sta_opmode_info { 4388 u32 changed; 4389 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4390 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4391 u8 rx_nss; 4392 }; 4393 4394 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4395 4396 /** 4397 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4398 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4399 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4400 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4401 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4402 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4403 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4404 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4405 * dumpit calls. 4406 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4407 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4408 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4409 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4410 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4411 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4412 * are used with dump requests. 4413 */ 4414 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4415 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4416 u32 flags; 4417 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4418 const void *data, int data_len); 4419 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4420 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4421 unsigned long *storage); 4422 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4423 unsigned int maxattr; 4424 }; 4425 4426 /** 4427 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4428 * @iftype: interface type 4429 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4430 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4431 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4432 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4433 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4434 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4435 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4436 */ 4437 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4438 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4439 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4440 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4441 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4442 }; 4443 4444 /** 4445 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4446 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4447 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4448 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4449 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4450 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4451 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4452 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4453 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4454 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4455 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4456 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4457 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4458 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4459 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4460 * not limited) 4461 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4462 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4463 */ 4464 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4465 unsigned int max_peers; 4466 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4467 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4468 4469 struct { 4470 u32 preambles; 4471 u32 bandwidths; 4472 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4473 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4474 u8 supported:1, 4475 asap:1, 4476 non_asap:1, 4477 request_lci:1, 4478 request_civicloc:1, 4479 trigger_based:1, 4480 non_trigger_based:1; 4481 } ftm; 4482 }; 4483 4484 /** 4485 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4486 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4487 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4488 * 4489 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4490 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4491 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4492 */ 4493 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 4494 u16 iftypes_mask; 4495 const u32 *akm_suites; 4496 int n_akm_suites; 4497 }; 4498 4499 /** 4500 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4501 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4502 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4503 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4504 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4505 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4506 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4507 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4508 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4509 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4510 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4511 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 4512 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 4513 * iftype_akm_suites. 4514 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4515 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 4516 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 4517 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 4518 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 4519 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 4520 * suites are specified separately. 4521 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4522 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4523 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4524 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4525 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4526 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4527 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4528 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4529 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4530 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4531 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4532 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4533 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4534 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4535 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4536 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4537 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4538 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4539 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4540 * unregister hardware 4541 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 4542 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 4543 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 4544 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 4545 * (see below). 4546 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4547 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4548 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4549 * must be set by driver 4550 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4551 * list single interface types. 4552 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4553 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4554 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4555 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4556 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4557 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4558 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4559 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4560 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4561 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4562 * this variable determines its size 4563 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4564 * any given scan 4565 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4566 * the device can run concurrently. 4567 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4568 * for in any given scheduled scan 4569 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4570 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4571 * supported. 4572 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4573 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4574 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4575 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4576 * scans 4577 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4578 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4579 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4580 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4581 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4582 * scan plan supported by the device. 4583 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4584 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4585 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4586 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4587 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4588 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4589 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4590 * 4591 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4592 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4593 * type 4594 * 4595 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4596 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4597 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4598 * 4599 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4600 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4601 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4602 * 4603 * @probe_resp_offload: 4604 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4605 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4606 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4607 * 4608 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4609 * may request, if implemented. 4610 * 4611 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4612 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4613 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4614 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4615 * 4616 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4617 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4618 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4619 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4620 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4621 * 4622 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4623 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4624 * 4625 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4626 * supports for ACL. 4627 * 4628 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4629 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4630 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4631 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4632 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4633 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4634 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4635 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4636 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4637 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4638 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4639 * capabilities are specified separately. 4640 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4641 * 4642 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4643 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4644 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4645 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4646 * 4647 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4648 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4649 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4650 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4651 * 4652 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4653 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4654 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4655 * infinite. 4656 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4657 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4658 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4659 * 4660 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4661 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4662 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4663 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4664 * 4665 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4666 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4667 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4668 * 4669 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4670 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4671 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4672 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4673 * 4674 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4675 * 4676 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 4677 * device has 4678 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 4679 * supported by the driver for each vif 4680 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 4681 * supported by the driver for each peer 4682 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 4683 * long/short retry configuration 4684 */ 4685 struct wiphy { 4686 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4687 4688 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4689 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4690 4691 struct mac_address *addresses; 4692 4693 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4694 4695 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4696 int n_iface_combinations; 4697 u16 software_iftypes; 4698 4699 u16 n_addresses; 4700 4701 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4702 u16 interface_modes; 4703 4704 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4705 4706 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4707 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4708 4709 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4710 4711 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4712 4713 int bss_priv_size; 4714 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4715 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4716 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4717 u8 max_match_sets; 4718 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4719 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4720 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4721 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4722 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4723 4724 int n_cipher_suites; 4725 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4726 4727 int n_akm_suites; 4728 const u32 *akm_suites; 4729 4730 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 4731 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 4732 4733 u8 retry_short; 4734 u8 retry_long; 4735 u32 frag_threshold; 4736 u32 rts_threshold; 4737 u8 coverage_class; 4738 4739 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4740 u32 hw_version; 4741 4742 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4743 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4744 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4745 #endif 4746 4747 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4748 4749 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4750 4751 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4752 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4753 4754 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4755 4756 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4757 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4758 4759 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4760 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4761 4762 const void *privid; 4763 4764 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4765 4766 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4767 struct regulatory_request *request); 4768 4769 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4770 4771 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4772 4773 struct device dev; 4774 4775 bool registered; 4776 4777 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4778 4779 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4780 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4781 4782 struct list_head wdev_list; 4783 4784 possible_net_t _net; 4785 4786 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4787 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4788 #endif 4789 4790 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4791 4792 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4793 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4794 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4795 4796 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4797 4798 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4799 4800 u32 bss_select_support; 4801 4802 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4803 4804 u32 txq_limit; 4805 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4806 u32 txq_quantum; 4807 4808 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 4809 4810 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4811 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4812 4813 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4814 4815 struct { 4816 u64 peer, vif; 4817 u8 max_retry; 4818 } tid_config_support; 4819 4820 u8 max_data_retry_count; 4821 4822 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4823 }; 4824 4825 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4826 { 4827 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4828 } 4829 4830 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4831 { 4832 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4833 } 4834 4835 /** 4836 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4837 * 4838 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4839 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4840 */ 4841 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4842 { 4843 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4844 return &wiphy->priv; 4845 } 4846 4847 /** 4848 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4849 * 4850 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4851 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4852 */ 4853 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4854 { 4855 BUG_ON(!priv); 4856 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4857 } 4858 4859 /** 4860 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4861 * 4862 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4863 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4864 */ 4865 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4866 { 4867 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4868 } 4869 4870 /** 4871 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4872 * 4873 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4874 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4875 */ 4876 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4877 { 4878 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4879 } 4880 4881 /** 4882 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4883 * 4884 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4885 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4886 */ 4887 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4888 { 4889 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4890 } 4891 4892 /** 4893 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4894 * 4895 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4896 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4897 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4898 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4899 * 4900 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4901 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4902 * 4903 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4904 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4905 */ 4906 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4907 const char *requested_name); 4908 4909 /** 4910 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4911 * 4912 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4913 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4914 * 4915 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4916 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4917 * 4918 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4919 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4920 */ 4921 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4922 int sizeof_priv) 4923 { 4924 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4925 } 4926 4927 /** 4928 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4929 * 4930 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4931 * 4932 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4933 */ 4934 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4935 4936 /** 4937 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4938 * 4939 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4940 * 4941 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4942 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4943 * request that is being handled. 4944 */ 4945 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4946 4947 /** 4948 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4949 * 4950 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4951 */ 4952 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4953 4954 /* internal structs */ 4955 struct cfg80211_conn; 4956 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4957 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4958 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4959 4960 /** 4961 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4962 * 4963 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4964 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4965 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4966 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4967 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4968 * 4969 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4970 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4971 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4972 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4973 * 4974 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4975 * @iftype: interface type 4976 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4977 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4978 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4979 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4980 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4981 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4982 * the user-set channel definition. 4983 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4984 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4985 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4986 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4987 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4988 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4989 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4990 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4991 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4992 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4993 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4994 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4995 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4996 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4997 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4998 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4999 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5000 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5001 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5002 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5003 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5004 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5005 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5006 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5007 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 5008 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5009 * and some API functions require it held 5010 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5011 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5012 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5013 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5014 * the P2P Device. 5015 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5016 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5017 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5018 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5019 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5020 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5021 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5022 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5023 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5024 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5025 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5026 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5027 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5028 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 5029 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 5030 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5031 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5032 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5033 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5034 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5035 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5036 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5037 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5038 */ 5039 struct wireless_dev { 5040 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5041 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5042 5043 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5044 struct list_head list; 5045 struct net_device *netdev; 5046 5047 u32 identifier; 5048 5049 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5050 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 5051 5052 struct mutex mtx; 5053 5054 bool use_4addr, is_running; 5055 5056 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5057 5058 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5059 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5060 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 5061 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5062 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5063 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5064 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5065 5066 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5067 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5068 5069 struct list_head event_list; 5070 spinlock_t event_lock; 5071 5072 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 5073 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5074 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5075 5076 bool ibss_fixed; 5077 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 5078 5079 bool ps; 5080 int ps_timeout; 5081 5082 int beacon_interval; 5083 5084 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5085 5086 u32 owner_nlportid; 5087 bool nl_owner_dead; 5088 5089 bool cac_started; 5090 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5091 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5092 5093 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5094 /* wext data */ 5095 struct { 5096 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5097 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5098 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5099 const u8 *ie; 5100 size_t ie_len; 5101 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5102 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5103 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5104 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5105 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5106 } wext; 5107 #endif 5108 5109 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5110 5111 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5112 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5113 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5114 }; 5115 5116 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5117 { 5118 if (wdev->netdev) 5119 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5120 return wdev->address; 5121 } 5122 5123 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5124 { 5125 if (wdev->netdev) 5126 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5127 return wdev->is_running; 5128 } 5129 5130 /** 5131 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5132 * 5133 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5134 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5135 */ 5136 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5137 { 5138 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5139 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5140 } 5141 5142 /** 5143 * DOC: Utility functions 5144 * 5145 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5146 */ 5147 5148 /** 5149 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5150 * @chan: channel number 5151 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5152 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5153 */ 5154 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5155 5156 /** 5157 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5158 * @freq: center frequency 5159 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5160 */ 5161 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 5162 5163 /** 5164 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5165 * 5166 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5167 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 5168 * 5169 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5170 */ 5171 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 5172 5173 /** 5174 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5175 * 5176 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5177 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5178 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5179 * 5180 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5181 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5182 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5183 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5184 */ 5185 struct ieee80211_rate * 5186 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5187 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5188 5189 /** 5190 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5191 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5192 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5193 * 5194 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5195 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5196 */ 5197 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5198 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5199 5200 /* 5201 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5202 * 5203 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5204 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 5205 */ 5206 5207 struct radiotap_align_size { 5208 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5209 }; 5210 5211 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5212 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5213 int n_bits; 5214 uint32_t oui; 5215 uint8_t subns; 5216 }; 5217 5218 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5219 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5220 int n_ns; 5221 }; 5222 5223 /** 5224 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5225 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5226 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5227 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5228 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5229 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5230 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5231 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5232 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5233 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5234 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5235 * radiotap namespace or not 5236 * 5237 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5238 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5239 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5240 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5241 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5242 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5243 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5244 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5245 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5246 * next bitmap word 5247 * 5248 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5249 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5250 */ 5251 5252 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5253 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5254 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5255 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5256 5257 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5258 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5259 5260 unsigned char *this_arg; 5261 int this_arg_index; 5262 int this_arg_size; 5263 5264 int is_radiotap_ns; 5265 5266 int _max_length; 5267 int _arg_index; 5268 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5269 int _reset_on_ext; 5270 }; 5271 5272 int 5273 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5274 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5275 int max_length, 5276 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5277 5278 int 5279 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5280 5281 5282 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5283 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5284 5285 /** 5286 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5287 * 5288 * @skb: the frame 5289 * 5290 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5291 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5292 * 5293 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5294 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5295 * 802.11 header. 5296 */ 5297 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5298 5299 /** 5300 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5301 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5302 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5303 */ 5304 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5305 5306 /** 5307 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5308 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5309 * (first byte) will be accessed 5310 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5311 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5312 */ 5313 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5314 5315 /** 5316 * DOC: Data path helpers 5317 * 5318 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5319 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5320 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5321 */ 5322 5323 /** 5324 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5325 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5326 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5327 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5328 * @addr: the device MAC address 5329 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5330 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5331 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5332 */ 5333 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5334 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5335 u8 data_offset); 5336 5337 /** 5338 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5339 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5340 * @addr: the device MAC address 5341 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5342 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5343 */ 5344 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5345 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5346 { 5347 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5348 } 5349 5350 /** 5351 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5352 * 5353 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5354 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5355 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5356 * 5357 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5358 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5359 * initialized by by the caller. 5360 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5361 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5362 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5363 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5364 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5365 */ 5366 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5367 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5368 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5369 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5370 5371 /** 5372 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5373 * @skb: the data frame 5374 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5375 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5376 */ 5377 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5378 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5379 5380 /** 5381 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5382 * 5383 * @eid: element ID 5384 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5385 * @len: length of data 5386 * @match: byte array to match 5387 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5388 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5389 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5390 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5391 * the data portion instead. 5392 * 5393 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5394 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5395 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5396 * requested element struct. 5397 * 5398 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5399 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5400 * byte array to match. 5401 */ 5402 const struct element * 5403 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5404 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5405 unsigned int match_offset); 5406 5407 /** 5408 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5409 * 5410 * @eid: element ID 5411 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5412 * @len: length of data 5413 * @match: byte array to match 5414 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5415 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5416 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5417 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5418 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5419 * the second byte is the IE length. 5420 * 5421 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5422 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5423 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5424 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5425 * element ID. 5426 * 5427 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5428 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5429 * byte array to match. 5430 */ 5431 static inline const u8 * 5432 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5433 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5434 unsigned int match_offset) 5435 { 5436 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5437 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5438 */ 5439 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5440 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5441 return NULL; 5442 5443 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5444 match, match_len, 5445 match_offset ? 5446 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5447 } 5448 5449 /** 5450 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5451 * 5452 * @eid: element ID 5453 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5454 * @len: length of data 5455 * 5456 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5457 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5458 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5459 * requested element struct. 5460 * 5461 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5462 * having to fit into the given data. 5463 */ 5464 static inline const struct element * 5465 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5466 { 5467 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5468 } 5469 5470 /** 5471 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5472 * 5473 * @eid: element ID 5474 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5475 * @len: length of data 5476 * 5477 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5478 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5479 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5480 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5481 * 5482 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5483 * having to fit into the given data. 5484 */ 5485 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5486 { 5487 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5488 } 5489 5490 /** 5491 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5492 * 5493 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5494 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5495 * @len: length of data 5496 * 5497 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5498 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5499 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5500 * requested element struct. 5501 * 5502 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5503 * having to fit into the given data. 5504 */ 5505 static inline const struct element * 5506 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5507 { 5508 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5509 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5510 } 5511 5512 /** 5513 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5514 * 5515 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5516 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5517 * @len: length of data 5518 * 5519 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5520 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5521 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5522 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5523 * 5524 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5525 * having to fit into the given data. 5526 */ 5527 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5528 { 5529 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5530 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5531 } 5532 5533 /** 5534 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5535 * 5536 * @oui: vendor OUI 5537 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5538 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5539 * @len: length of data 5540 * 5541 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5542 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5543 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5544 * 5545 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5546 * the given data. 5547 */ 5548 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5549 const u8 *ies, 5550 unsigned int len); 5551 5552 /** 5553 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5554 * 5555 * @oui: vendor OUI 5556 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5557 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5558 * @len: length of data 5559 * 5560 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5561 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5562 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5563 * element ID. 5564 * 5565 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5566 * the given data. 5567 */ 5568 static inline const u8 * 5569 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5570 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5571 { 5572 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5573 } 5574 5575 /** 5576 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5577 * 5578 * @dev: network device 5579 * @addr: STA MAC address 5580 * 5581 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5582 * devices upon STA association. 5583 */ 5584 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5585 5586 /** 5587 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5588 * 5589 * TODO 5590 */ 5591 5592 /** 5593 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5594 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5595 * conflicts) 5596 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5597 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5598 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5599 * alpha2. 5600 * 5601 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5602 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5603 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5604 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5605 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5606 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5607 * 5608 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5609 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5610 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5611 * 5612 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5613 * an -ENOMEM. 5614 * 5615 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5616 */ 5617 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5618 5619 /** 5620 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5621 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5622 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5623 * 5624 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5625 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5626 * information. 5627 * 5628 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5629 */ 5630 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5631 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5632 5633 /** 5634 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5635 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5636 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5637 * 5638 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5639 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5640 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5641 * 5642 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5643 */ 5644 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5645 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5646 5647 /** 5648 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5649 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5650 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5651 * 5652 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5653 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5654 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5655 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5656 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5657 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5658 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5659 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5660 * that called this helper. 5661 */ 5662 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5663 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5664 5665 /** 5666 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5667 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5668 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5669 * 5670 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5671 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5672 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5673 * and processed already. 5674 * 5675 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5676 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5677 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5678 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5679 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5680 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5681 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5682 */ 5683 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5684 u32 center_freq); 5685 5686 /** 5687 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5688 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5689 * 5690 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5691 * proper string representation. 5692 */ 5693 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5694 5695 /** 5696 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 5697 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 5698 * 5699 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 5700 */ 5701 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5702 5703 /** 5704 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5705 * 5706 */ 5707 5708 /** 5709 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5710 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5711 * 5712 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5713 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5714 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5715 * 5716 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5717 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5718 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5719 * 5720 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5721 * an -ENODATA. 5722 * 5723 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5724 */ 5725 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5726 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5727 5728 /* 5729 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5730 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5731 */ 5732 5733 /** 5734 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5735 * 5736 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5737 * @info: information about the completed scan 5738 */ 5739 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5740 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5741 5742 /** 5743 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5744 * 5745 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5746 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5747 */ 5748 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5749 5750 /** 5751 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5752 * 5753 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5754 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5755 * 5756 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5757 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5758 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5759 */ 5760 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5761 5762 /** 5763 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5764 * 5765 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5766 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5767 * 5768 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5769 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5770 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5771 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5772 */ 5773 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5774 5775 /** 5776 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5777 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5778 * @data: the BSS metadata 5779 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5780 * @len: length of the management frame 5781 * @gfp: context flags 5782 * 5783 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5784 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5785 * 5786 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5787 * Or %NULL on error. 5788 */ 5789 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5790 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5791 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5792 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5793 gfp_t gfp); 5794 5795 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5796 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5797 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5798 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5799 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5800 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5801 { 5802 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5803 .chan = rx_channel, 5804 .scan_width = scan_width, 5805 .signal = signal, 5806 }; 5807 5808 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5809 } 5810 5811 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5812 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5813 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5814 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5815 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5816 { 5817 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5818 .chan = rx_channel, 5819 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5820 .signal = signal, 5821 }; 5822 5823 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5824 } 5825 5826 /** 5827 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5828 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5829 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5830 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5831 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5832 */ 5833 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5834 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5835 { 5836 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5837 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5838 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5839 5840 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5841 5842 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5843 5844 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5845 } 5846 5847 /** 5848 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5849 * @element: element to check 5850 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5851 */ 5852 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5853 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5854 5855 /** 5856 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5857 * @ie: ies 5858 * @ielen: length of IEs 5859 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5860 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5861 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5862 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5863 */ 5864 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5865 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5866 const struct element *sub_elem, 5867 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5868 5869 /** 5870 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5871 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5872 * from a beacon or probe response 5873 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5874 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5875 */ 5876 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5877 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5878 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5879 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5880 }; 5881 5882 /** 5883 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5884 * 5885 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5886 * @data: the BSS metadata 5887 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5888 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5889 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5890 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5891 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5892 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5893 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5894 * @gfp: context flags 5895 * 5896 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5897 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5898 * 5899 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5900 * Or %NULL on error. 5901 */ 5902 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5903 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5904 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5905 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5906 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5907 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5908 gfp_t gfp); 5909 5910 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5911 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5912 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5913 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5914 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5915 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5916 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5917 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5918 { 5919 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5920 .chan = rx_channel, 5921 .scan_width = scan_width, 5922 .signal = signal, 5923 }; 5924 5925 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5926 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5927 gfp); 5928 } 5929 5930 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5931 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5932 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5933 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5934 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5935 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5936 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5937 { 5938 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5939 .chan = rx_channel, 5940 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5941 .signal = signal, 5942 }; 5943 5944 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5945 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5946 gfp); 5947 } 5948 5949 /** 5950 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5951 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5952 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5953 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5954 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5955 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5956 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5957 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5958 */ 5959 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5960 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5961 const u8 *bssid, 5962 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5963 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5964 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5965 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5966 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5967 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5968 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5969 { 5970 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5971 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5972 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5973 } 5974 5975 /** 5976 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5977 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5978 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5979 * 5980 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5981 */ 5982 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5983 5984 /** 5985 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5986 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5987 * @bss: the BSS struct 5988 * 5989 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5990 */ 5991 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5992 5993 /** 5994 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5995 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5996 * @bss: the bss to remove 5997 * 5998 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5999 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6000 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6001 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6002 */ 6003 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6004 6005 /** 6006 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6007 * 6008 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6009 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6010 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6011 * 6012 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6013 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6014 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6015 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6016 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6017 */ 6018 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6019 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6020 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6021 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6022 void *data), 6023 void *iter_data); 6024 6025 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6026 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6027 { 6028 switch (chandef->width) { 6029 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6030 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6031 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6032 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6033 default: 6034 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6035 } 6036 } 6037 6038 /** 6039 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6040 * @dev: network device 6041 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6042 * @len: length of the frame data 6043 * 6044 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6045 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6046 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6047 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6048 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6049 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6050 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6051 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6052 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6053 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6054 * 6055 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6056 */ 6057 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6058 6059 /** 6060 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6061 * @dev: network device 6062 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6063 * 6064 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6065 * mutex. 6066 */ 6067 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6068 6069 /** 6070 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6071 * @dev: network device 6072 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6073 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6074 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6075 * @len: length of the frame data 6076 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6077 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6078 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6079 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6080 * 6081 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6082 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6083 * 6084 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6085 */ 6086 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6087 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6088 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6089 int uapsd_queues, 6090 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6091 6092 /** 6093 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6094 * @dev: network device 6095 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6096 * 6097 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6098 */ 6099 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6100 6101 /** 6102 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6103 * @dev: network device 6104 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6105 * 6106 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6107 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6108 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6109 */ 6110 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6111 6112 /** 6113 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6114 * @dev: network device 6115 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6116 * @len: length of the frame data 6117 * 6118 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6119 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6120 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6121 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6122 */ 6123 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6124 6125 /** 6126 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6127 * @dev: network device 6128 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 6129 * @len: length of the frame data 6130 * 6131 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6132 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6133 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 6134 */ 6135 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6136 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6137 6138 /** 6139 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6140 * @dev: network device 6141 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6142 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6143 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6144 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6145 * @gfp: allocation flags 6146 * 6147 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6148 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6149 * primitive. 6150 */ 6151 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6152 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6153 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6154 6155 /** 6156 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6157 * 6158 * @dev: network device 6159 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6160 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6161 * @gfp: allocation flags 6162 * 6163 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6164 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6165 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6166 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6167 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6168 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6169 */ 6170 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6171 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6172 6173 /** 6174 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 6175 * 6176 * @dev: network device 6177 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6178 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6179 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6180 * @gfp: allocation flags 6181 * 6182 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6183 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6184 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6185 */ 6186 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6187 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6188 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6189 6190 /** 6191 * DOC: RFkill integration 6192 * 6193 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6194 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6195 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6196 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6197 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6198 * 6199 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6200 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6201 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6202 */ 6203 6204 /** 6205 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6206 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6207 * @blocked: block status 6208 */ 6209 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 6210 6211 /** 6212 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6213 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6214 */ 6215 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6216 6217 /** 6218 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6219 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6220 */ 6221 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6222 6223 /** 6224 * DOC: Vendor commands 6225 * 6226 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6227 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6228 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6229 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6230 * the configuration mechanism. 6231 * 6232 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6233 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6234 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6235 * 6236 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6237 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6238 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6239 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6240 * managers etc. need. 6241 */ 6242 6243 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6244 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6245 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6246 int approxlen); 6247 6248 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6249 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6250 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6251 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6252 unsigned int portid, 6253 int vendor_event_idx, 6254 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6255 6256 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6257 6258 /** 6259 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6260 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6261 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6262 * be put into the skb 6263 * 6264 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6265 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6266 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6267 * 6268 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6269 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6270 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6271 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6272 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6273 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6274 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6275 * 6276 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6277 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6278 * 6279 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6280 */ 6281 static inline struct sk_buff * 6282 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6283 { 6284 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6285 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6286 } 6287 6288 /** 6289 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6290 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6291 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6292 * 6293 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6294 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6295 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6296 * skb regardless of the return value. 6297 * 6298 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6299 */ 6300 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6301 6302 /** 6303 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6304 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6305 * 6306 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6307 * Valid to call only there. 6308 */ 6309 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6310 6311 /** 6312 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6313 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6314 * @wdev: the wireless device 6315 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6316 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6317 * be put into the skb 6318 * @gfp: allocation flags 6319 * 6320 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6321 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6322 * 6323 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6324 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6325 * attribute. 6326 * 6327 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6328 * skb to send the event. 6329 * 6330 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6331 */ 6332 static inline struct sk_buff * 6333 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6334 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6335 { 6336 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6337 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6338 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6339 } 6340 6341 /** 6342 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6343 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6344 * @wdev: the wireless device 6345 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6346 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6347 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6348 * be put into the skb 6349 * @gfp: allocation flags 6350 * 6351 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6352 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6353 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6354 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6355 * 6356 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6357 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6358 * attribute. 6359 * 6360 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6361 * skb to send the event. 6362 * 6363 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6364 */ 6365 static inline struct sk_buff * 6366 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6367 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6368 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6369 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6370 { 6371 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6372 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6373 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6374 } 6375 6376 /** 6377 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6378 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6379 * @gfp: allocation flags 6380 * 6381 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6382 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6383 */ 6384 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6385 { 6386 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6387 } 6388 6389 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6390 /** 6391 * DOC: Test mode 6392 * 6393 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6394 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6395 * factory programming. 6396 * 6397 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6398 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6399 */ 6400 6401 /** 6402 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6403 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6404 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6405 * be put into the skb 6406 * 6407 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6408 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6409 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6410 * 6411 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6412 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6413 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6414 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6415 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6416 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6417 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6418 * 6419 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6420 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6421 * 6422 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6423 */ 6424 static inline struct sk_buff * 6425 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6426 { 6427 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6428 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6429 } 6430 6431 /** 6432 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6433 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6434 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6435 * 6436 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6437 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6438 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6439 * regardless of the return value. 6440 * 6441 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6442 */ 6443 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6444 { 6445 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6446 } 6447 6448 /** 6449 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6450 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6451 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6452 * be put into the skb 6453 * @gfp: allocation flags 6454 * 6455 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6456 * testmode multicast group. 6457 * 6458 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6459 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6460 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6461 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6462 * in any other way. 6463 * 6464 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6465 * skb to send the event. 6466 * 6467 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6468 */ 6469 static inline struct sk_buff * 6470 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6471 { 6472 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6473 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6474 approxlen, gfp); 6475 } 6476 6477 /** 6478 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6479 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6480 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6481 * @gfp: allocation flags 6482 * 6483 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6484 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6485 * consumes it. 6486 */ 6487 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6488 { 6489 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6490 } 6491 6492 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6493 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6494 #else 6495 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6496 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6497 #endif 6498 6499 /** 6500 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6501 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6502 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6503 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6504 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6505 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6506 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6507 * status for a FILS connection. 6508 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6509 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6510 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6511 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6512 */ 6513 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6514 const u8 *kek; 6515 size_t kek_len; 6516 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6517 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6518 const u8 *pmk; 6519 size_t pmk_len; 6520 const u8 *pmkid; 6521 }; 6522 6523 /** 6524 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6525 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6526 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6527 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6528 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6529 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6530 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6531 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6532 * case. 6533 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6534 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6535 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6536 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6537 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6538 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6539 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6540 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6541 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6542 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6543 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6544 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6545 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6546 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6547 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6548 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6549 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6550 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6551 */ 6552 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6553 int status; 6554 const u8 *bssid; 6555 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6556 const u8 *req_ie; 6557 size_t req_ie_len; 6558 const u8 *resp_ie; 6559 size_t resp_ie_len; 6560 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6561 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6562 }; 6563 6564 /** 6565 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6566 * 6567 * @dev: network device 6568 * @params: connection response parameters 6569 * @gfp: allocation flags 6570 * 6571 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6572 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6573 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6574 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6575 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6576 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6577 */ 6578 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6579 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6580 gfp_t gfp); 6581 6582 /** 6583 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6584 * 6585 * @dev: network device 6586 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6587 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6588 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6589 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6590 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6591 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6592 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6593 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6594 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6595 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6596 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6597 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6598 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6599 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6600 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6601 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6602 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6603 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6604 * case. 6605 * @gfp: allocation flags 6606 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6607 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6608 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6609 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6610 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6611 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6612 * 6613 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6614 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6615 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6616 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6617 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6618 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6619 */ 6620 static inline void 6621 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6622 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6623 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6624 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6625 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6626 { 6627 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6628 6629 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6630 params.status = status; 6631 params.bssid = bssid; 6632 params.bss = bss; 6633 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6634 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6635 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6636 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6637 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6638 6639 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6640 } 6641 6642 /** 6643 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6644 * 6645 * @dev: network device 6646 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6647 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6648 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6649 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6650 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6651 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6652 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6653 * the real status code for failures. 6654 * @gfp: allocation flags 6655 * 6656 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6657 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6658 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6659 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6660 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6661 */ 6662 static inline void 6663 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6664 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6665 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6666 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6667 { 6668 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6669 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6670 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6671 } 6672 6673 /** 6674 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6675 * 6676 * @dev: network device 6677 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6678 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6679 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6680 * @gfp: allocation flags 6681 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6682 * 6683 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6684 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6685 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6686 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6687 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6688 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6689 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6690 */ 6691 static inline void 6692 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6693 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6694 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6695 { 6696 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6697 gfp, timeout_reason); 6698 } 6699 6700 /** 6701 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6702 * 6703 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6704 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6705 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6706 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6707 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6708 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6709 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6710 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6711 */ 6712 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6713 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6714 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6715 const u8 *bssid; 6716 const u8 *req_ie; 6717 size_t req_ie_len; 6718 const u8 *resp_ie; 6719 size_t resp_ie_len; 6720 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6721 }; 6722 6723 /** 6724 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6725 * 6726 * @dev: network device 6727 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6728 * @gfp: allocation flags 6729 * 6730 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6731 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6732 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6733 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6734 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6735 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6736 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6737 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6738 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6739 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 6740 */ 6741 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6742 gfp_t gfp); 6743 6744 /** 6745 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6746 * 6747 * @dev: network device 6748 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6749 * @gfp: allocation flags 6750 * 6751 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6752 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6753 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6754 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6755 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6756 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6757 */ 6758 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6759 gfp_t gfp); 6760 6761 /** 6762 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6763 * 6764 * @dev: network device 6765 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6766 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6767 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6768 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6769 * @gfp: allocation flags 6770 * 6771 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6772 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6773 */ 6774 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6775 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6776 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6777 6778 /** 6779 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6780 * @wdev: wireless device 6781 * @cookie: the request cookie 6782 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6783 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6784 * channel 6785 * @gfp: allocation flags 6786 */ 6787 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6788 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6789 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6790 6791 /** 6792 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6793 * @wdev: wireless device 6794 * @cookie: the request cookie 6795 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6796 * @gfp: allocation flags 6797 */ 6798 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6799 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6800 gfp_t gfp); 6801 6802 /** 6803 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6804 * @wdev: wireless device 6805 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6806 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6807 * @gfp: allocation flags 6808 */ 6809 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6810 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6811 6812 /** 6813 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6814 * 6815 * @sinfo: the station information 6816 * @gfp: allocation flags 6817 */ 6818 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6819 6820 /** 6821 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6822 * @sinfo: the station information 6823 * 6824 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6825 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6826 * the stack.) 6827 */ 6828 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6829 { 6830 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6831 } 6832 6833 /** 6834 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6835 * 6836 * @dev: the netdev 6837 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6838 * @sinfo: the station information 6839 * @gfp: allocation flags 6840 */ 6841 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6842 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6843 6844 /** 6845 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6846 * @dev: the netdev 6847 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6848 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6849 * @gfp: allocation flags 6850 */ 6851 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6852 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6853 6854 /** 6855 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6856 * 6857 * @dev: the netdev 6858 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6859 * @gfp: allocation flags 6860 */ 6861 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6862 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6863 { 6864 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6865 } 6866 6867 /** 6868 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6869 * 6870 * @dev: the netdev 6871 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6872 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6873 * @gfp: allocation flags 6874 * 6875 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6876 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6877 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6878 * 6879 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6880 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6881 */ 6882 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6883 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6884 gfp_t gfp); 6885 6886 /** 6887 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6888 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6889 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6890 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6891 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6892 * @len: length of the frame data 6893 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6894 * 6895 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6896 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6897 * 6898 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6899 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6900 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6901 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6902 */ 6903 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6904 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6905 6906 /** 6907 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6908 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6909 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6910 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6911 * @len: length of the frame data 6912 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6913 * @gfp: context flags 6914 * 6915 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6916 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6917 * transmission attempt. 6918 */ 6919 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6920 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6921 6922 6923 /** 6924 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6925 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6926 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6927 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6928 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6929 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6930 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6931 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6932 * 6933 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6934 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6935 * control port frames over nl80211. 6936 * 6937 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6938 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6939 * 6940 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6941 */ 6942 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6943 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6944 6945 /** 6946 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6947 * @dev: network device 6948 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6949 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6950 * @gfp: context flags 6951 * 6952 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6953 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6954 */ 6955 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6956 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6957 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6958 6959 /** 6960 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6961 * @dev: network device 6962 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6963 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6964 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6965 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6966 * @gfp: context flags 6967 */ 6968 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6969 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6970 6971 /** 6972 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6973 * @dev: network device 6974 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6975 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6976 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6977 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6978 * @gfp: context flags 6979 * 6980 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6981 * given interval is exceeded. 6982 */ 6983 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6984 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6985 6986 /** 6987 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6988 * @dev: network device 6989 * @gfp: context flags 6990 * 6991 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6992 */ 6993 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6994 6995 /** 6996 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6997 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6998 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6999 * @gfp: context flags 7000 * 7001 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 7002 */ 7003 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7004 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 7005 7006 /** 7007 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 7008 * @dev: network device 7009 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 7010 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 7011 * @gfp: context flags 7012 * 7013 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 7014 * frame. 7015 */ 7016 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 7017 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 7018 gfp_t gfp); 7019 7020 /** 7021 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 7022 * @netdev: network device 7023 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7024 * @event: type of event 7025 * @gfp: context flags 7026 * 7027 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 7028 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 7029 * also by full-MAC drivers. 7030 */ 7031 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7032 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7033 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 7034 7035 7036 /** 7037 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 7038 * @dev: network device 7039 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 7040 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 7041 * @gfp: allocation flags 7042 */ 7043 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7044 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 7045 7046 /** 7047 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 7048 * @dev: network device 7049 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 7050 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 7051 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 7052 * @gfp: allocation flags 7053 */ 7054 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 7055 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 7056 7057 /** 7058 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 7059 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7060 * @addr: the transmitter address 7061 * @gfp: context flags 7062 * 7063 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7064 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 7065 * sender. 7066 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7067 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7068 */ 7069 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7070 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7071 7072 /** 7073 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7074 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7075 * @addr: the transmitter address 7076 * @gfp: context flags 7077 * 7078 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7079 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7080 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7081 * station to avoid event flooding. 7082 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7083 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7084 */ 7085 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7086 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7087 7088 /** 7089 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7090 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7091 * @addr: the address of the peer 7092 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7093 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7094 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7095 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7096 * @gfp: allocation flags 7097 */ 7098 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7099 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7100 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7101 7102 /** 7103 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 7104 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7105 * @frame: the frame 7106 * @len: length of the frame 7107 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 7108 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7109 * 7110 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7111 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7112 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7113 */ 7114 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7115 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 7116 int freq, int sig_dbm); 7117 7118 /** 7119 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 7120 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7121 * @chandef: the channel definition 7122 * @iftype: interface type 7123 * 7124 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7125 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 7126 */ 7127 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7128 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7129 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7130 7131 /** 7132 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7133 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7134 * @chandef: the channel definition 7135 * @iftype: interface type 7136 * 7137 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7138 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7139 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7140 * more permissive conditions. 7141 * 7142 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7143 */ 7144 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7145 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7146 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7147 7148 /* 7149 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7150 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7151 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7152 * 7153 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7154 * driver context! 7155 */ 7156 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7157 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7158 7159 /* 7160 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7161 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7162 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7163 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7164 * 7165 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7166 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7167 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7168 */ 7169 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7170 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7171 u8 count); 7172 7173 /** 7174 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7175 * 7176 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7177 * @band: band pointer to fill 7178 * 7179 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7180 */ 7181 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7182 enum nl80211_band *band); 7183 7184 /** 7185 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7186 * 7187 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7188 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7189 * 7190 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7191 */ 7192 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7193 u8 *op_class); 7194 7195 /* 7196 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7197 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7198 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7199 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7200 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7201 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7202 * @gfp: allocation flags 7203 * 7204 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7205 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7206 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7207 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7208 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7209 */ 7210 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7211 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7212 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7213 7214 /* 7215 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7216 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7217 * 7218 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7219 */ 7220 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7221 7222 /** 7223 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7224 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7225 * 7226 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 7227 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 7228 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 7229 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 7230 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 7231 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 7232 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 7233 * 7234 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7235 */ 7236 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7237 7238 /** 7239 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 7240 * @ies: FT IEs 7241 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7242 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7243 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7244 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7245 */ 7246 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7247 const u8 *ies; 7248 size_t ies_len; 7249 const u8 *target_ap; 7250 const u8 *ric_ies; 7251 size_t ric_ies_len; 7252 }; 7253 7254 /** 7255 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7256 * @netdev: network device 7257 * @ft_event: IE information 7258 */ 7259 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7260 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7261 7262 /** 7263 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7264 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7265 * @len: the input length 7266 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7267 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7268 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7269 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7270 * 7271 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7272 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7273 * 7274 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7275 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7276 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7277 */ 7278 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7279 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7280 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7281 7282 /** 7283 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7284 * @ies: the IE buffer 7285 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7286 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7287 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7288 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7289 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7290 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7291 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7292 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7293 * 7294 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7295 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7296 * split. 7297 * 7298 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7299 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7300 * 7301 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7302 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7303 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7304 * 7305 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7306 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7307 * of the buffer should be used. 7308 */ 7309 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7310 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7311 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7312 size_t offset); 7313 7314 /** 7315 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7316 * @ies: the IE buffer 7317 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7318 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7319 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7320 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7321 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7322 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7323 * 7324 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7325 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7326 * split. 7327 * 7328 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7329 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7330 * 7331 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7332 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7333 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7334 * 7335 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7336 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7337 * of the buffer should be used. 7338 */ 7339 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7340 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7341 { 7342 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7343 } 7344 7345 /** 7346 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7347 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7348 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7349 * @gfp: allocation flags 7350 * 7351 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7352 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7353 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7354 * else caused the wakeup. 7355 */ 7356 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7357 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7358 gfp_t gfp); 7359 7360 /** 7361 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7362 * 7363 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7364 * @gfp: allocation flags 7365 * 7366 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7367 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7368 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7369 */ 7370 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7371 7372 /** 7373 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7374 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7375 * 7376 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7377 */ 7378 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7379 7380 /** 7381 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7382 * 7383 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7384 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7385 * 7386 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7387 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7388 * the interface combinations. 7389 */ 7390 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7391 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7392 7393 /** 7394 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7395 * 7396 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7397 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7398 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7399 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7400 * 7401 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7402 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7403 * purposes. 7404 */ 7405 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7406 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7407 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7408 void *data), 7409 void *data); 7410 7411 /* 7412 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7413 * 7414 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7415 * @wdev: wireless device 7416 * @gfp: context flags 7417 * 7418 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7419 * disconnected. 7420 * 7421 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7422 */ 7423 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7424 gfp_t gfp); 7425 7426 /** 7427 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7428 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7429 * 7430 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7431 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7432 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7433 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7434 * 7435 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7436 * the driver while the function is running. 7437 */ 7438 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7439 7440 /** 7441 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7442 * 7443 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7444 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7445 * 7446 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7447 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7448 */ 7449 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7450 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7451 { 7452 u8 *ft_byte; 7453 7454 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7455 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7456 } 7457 7458 /** 7459 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7460 * 7461 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7462 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7463 * 7464 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7465 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7466 */ 7467 static inline bool 7468 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7469 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7470 { 7471 u8 ft_byte; 7472 7473 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7474 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7475 } 7476 7477 /** 7478 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7479 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7480 * 7481 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7482 */ 7483 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7484 7485 /** 7486 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7487 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7488 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7489 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7490 * result. 7491 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7492 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7493 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7494 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7495 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7496 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7497 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7498 */ 7499 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7500 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7501 u8 inst_id; 7502 u8 peer_inst_id; 7503 const u8 *addr; 7504 u8 info_len; 7505 const u8 *info; 7506 u64 cookie; 7507 }; 7508 7509 /** 7510 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7511 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7512 * @match: match notification parameters 7513 * @gfp: allocation flags 7514 * 7515 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7516 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7517 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7518 */ 7519 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7520 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7521 7522 /** 7523 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7524 * 7525 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7526 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7527 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7528 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7529 * @gfp: allocation flags 7530 * 7531 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7532 */ 7533 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7534 u8 inst_id, 7535 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7536 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7537 7538 /* ethtool helper */ 7539 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7540 7541 /** 7542 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7543 * @netdev: network device 7544 * @params: External authentication parameters 7545 * @gfp: allocation flags 7546 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7547 */ 7548 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7549 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7550 gfp_t gfp); 7551 7552 /** 7553 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7554 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7555 * @req: the original measurement request 7556 * @result: the result data 7557 * @gfp: allocation flags 7558 */ 7559 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7560 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7561 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7562 gfp_t gfp); 7563 7564 /** 7565 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7566 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7567 * @req: the original measurement request 7568 * @gfp: allocation flags 7569 * 7570 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7571 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7572 */ 7573 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7574 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7575 gfp_t gfp); 7576 7577 /** 7578 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 7579 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7580 * @iftype: interface type 7581 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 7582 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 7583 * 7584 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 7585 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 7586 * check_swif is '1'. 7587 */ 7588 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7589 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 7590 7591 7592 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7593 7594 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7595 7596 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7597 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7598 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7599 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7600 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7601 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7602 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7603 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7604 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7605 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7606 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7607 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7608 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7609 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7610 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7611 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7612 7613 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7614 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7615 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7616 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7617 7618 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7619 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7620 7621 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7622 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7623 7624 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7625 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7626 #else 7627 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7628 ({ \ 7629 if (0) \ 7630 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7631 0; \ 7632 }) 7633 #endif 7634 7635 /* 7636 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7637 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7638 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7639 */ 7640 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7641 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7642 7643 /** 7644 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7645 * @netdev: network device 7646 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7647 * @gfp: allocation flags 7648 */ 7649 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7650 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7651 gfp_t gfp); 7652 7653 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7654